91
L1 June 11, 1965 To: Mr. James R. Fowler USAID Mission Director Bogota, Colombia From: George J. Kuch, Fire~ sExpert Subject: Terminal Report on Survey of Firearms in Rational Police and D.A.S. Attached is my report following a comprehensive survey of the firearms in use by the Colombia National Police and DAS to determine their appropriateness, serviceability, maintenance procedures and resources, and sufficiency in number for police use. It will be noted that one portion of this report is used to cover the National Police situation and another portion for DAB. Before going further I would like to express my sincere appreciation to Mr. Herbert U. Hardin, John H. Doney, the other Office of Public- Safety people and the personnel in * the AID Mission for the wonderful help and cooperation given me during my assignment in Colombia; Everyone has been very kind and helpful hich has contributed greatly in my accomplishments. The recommendations in this report are listed ifn the A.I.D. order of their prioritfeference Center 'Room 1656 NS

June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

L1

June 11 1965

To Mr James R Fowler USAID Mission Director Bogota Colombia

From George J Kuch Fire~ sExpert

Subject Terminal Report on Survey of Firearms in Rational Police and DAS

Attached is my report following a comprehensive survey

of the firearms in use by the Colombia National Police and

DAS to determine their appropriateness serviceability

maintenance procedures and resources and sufficiency in

number for police use

It will be noted that one portion of this report is

used to cover the National Police situation and another

portion for DAB

Before going further I would like to express my sincere

appreciation to Mr Herbert U Hardin John H Doney the

other Office of Public- Safety people and the personnel in

the AID Mission for the wonderful help and cooperation

given me during my assignment in Colombia Everyone has been

very kind and helpful hich has contributed greatly in my

accomplishments

The recommendations in this report are listed ifn the

AID order of their prioritfeference Center

Room 1656 NS

jharold
Rectangle

a

-2-

FIREARMS CONDITION AND STORAGE

CONCLUSIONS - NATIONAL POLICE

1 All of the Mauser rifles in the National Police service are

worn out and their bolt action is obsolete for modern

police work Some of them are 67 years old and the newest

are 25 years old The manual operation provides slow

firing Because ofcontinuous handling the bluing is worn

off all metal parts and stocks are worn clean of finishes

Most of them have heavy corrosion in the barrels Yet

many policemen are armed only with this gun

2 The Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines are a semishy

automatic carbine They were made in the Dominican

Republic about 15 years ago It is notagood-desTyn as

-it--is-vffryeavy and not well constructed It is dangerous

and often will fire when the butt is dropped to the ground

Several police of record have been killed by such accidental

fire The stock is of poor wood and often breaks because of

the large cutout for the receiver The rear sight often falls

off When the clip is loaded to capacity (30 rounds) the

spring freezes in the coipressed position and the cartridges

will not feed into the chamber Often the extractor will

not extract the fired case A natural method of holding the

rifle when firing is by the clip The clip is loose enough

-3shy

that when it is pressed to one side it causes the gun to

malfunction In general these guns are not suitable for

police use

3 Some of the revolvers are badly worn and need reconditioning

4 The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

frame stock wbid folds forward against the gun action

making it easy to conceal It only fires full automatic

The clip holds 30 rounds The multiple safety is confusing

It is only effective at short ranges It is seldom used

except by non-commissioned squad leaders or on special

assignments such as guarding banks

5 The caliber 45 Reising looks much like a carbine but is

capable of full automatic firing These guns are old

and show considerable wear They are not liked by the

police and are seldom used Ammunition for this arm is

notreadily available to the police

6 The Colt AR 15 223 caliber is a very light gun and

expensive The unusual size ammunition adds another problem

to the use of this gun The Police have only 10 on a trial

basis They are not very suitable for police use

7 Everyone likes the caliber 30 Ml carbine It is light

effective and simple Gives no trouble They would like

C

-4-

0 larger than 10 shot clips The only complaint is that

with the constant carrying these rifles over the shoulder

the web sling wears out

8 The 200 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns have been distributed

to several Departments These police have had very little

experience with shotguns but they all feel they would be S

an advantage Agents in rural areas could pose as a

hunter With the spread of shot effective shooting can

be accomplished without careful aiming Is effective for I

night shooting

9 Hundreds of revolvers are in storage in the various

stations being held for emergency use The investment 0

would be much more justified if all these revolvers could

be in service

10 Any of the firearms which are not in use hundreds of them-_ I

in some stations are stored in heavy grease The use of

grease on stored guns is undesirable It makes a very

messy storage makes close inspection impossible$ is hard

on the wood and in many instances there will be spots

of metal which are not covered with grease that will rust

and not be observed until it has reached proportions beyond

repair Just the fact the gun is covered with grease is

cause to believe no inspection is required When these

guns are put into service much timeis required to clean them 01

4

-5shy

11 Many of the revolvers are st6red in their original

boxes and these in large wooden boxes where inspection

is very difficult On one occasion I opened one of the

boxes and while the revolver looked unused yet the

haner spring was broken

12 In many stations these rifles are stored in large boxes

just piled into a corner or laid in piles on the floor

Such storage is iery hard on sights stocks and on the

gun in general

13 Many police work in-uniform but are not armed In emergenshy

cies they could be of much greater value if they were

armed

14 Many man-hours are lost by the requirement of turning in

revolters and ammunition at the end of each shift and

reissuing it again for the next shift shy

15 The members of the National Police work in 6 hour shifts

They must turn their revolvers in at the end of each

shift This makes many hours each day that the police

are on the streets unarmed Often they are in uniform

going from their station to their home etc

16 The fact that officers may obtain any-type revolver or

pistol and that non-commissioned officers may obtain and

wear holsters of their choice deviates from standardizations

which are so important in successful police organizations

I

-6shy

17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S

and pistols in the police service requiring that many

types of ammunition must be stocked

AMMUNITION AND STORAGE

18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were

found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one

place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and

in clips and in every other manner Generally it was

manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one

lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass

cases were badly dented in several places This was

true with ammunition carried by the police It is

doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage

no records of time received and no established stock

limits

19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory

boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are

used for its storage with no records as to when it is

received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with

the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum

stock levels provided and some stations have as much as

25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of

-7shy

it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver

ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes

drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with

grease to prevent corrosion

20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden

blocks near the front entrance to the station As each

shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When

they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the

storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had

been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The

brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear

At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and

reissued each day utilizing many man-hours

21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from

number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use

22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition

45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of

the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply

of the 223 caliber

23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition

Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established

minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved

-8shy

24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good

condition Methods of storage could be improved including

records of dates received and established stock levels

GENERAL

25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how

poorly the National Police are armed This promotes

boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines

the confidence of the public in the police

26 Administration The functions of the firearms program

are very important and a complete plan of operation is

needed

- 9-

RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE

FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE

1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be

distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use

2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern

police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine

guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural

areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The

shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to

the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural

areas

3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They

may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd

the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition

4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet

rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They

are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle

5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines

be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the

basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities

to the violence areas

I

-t

- 10 shy

6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and

distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for

fast loading This will permit police to carry extra

loaded clips

7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns

with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to

Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the

basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should

be equipped with a sling

8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles

or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle

be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters

in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10

men operating in rural zones These rifles should be

equipped with slings They are for use where the effective

range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy

-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers

and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently

in service except the 22 caliber should be sold

runds from such sales to be used to purchase required

ammunition

10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41

- 11 shy

frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that

each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all

times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon

beforehand while those going off duty will be able to

turn theirs in after coupleting their turns

11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not

in first class condition be completely reconditioned

12 That immediate consideration should be given toward

the future establishment of regulations requiring each

policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all

times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian

clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed

They would have full police authority at all times

This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary

regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while

- off duty as well -as while on duty

13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the

National Police have a revolver assigned to him which

he will keep and be responsible for at all times This

will provide many additional hours of police protection

and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and

ammunition

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 2: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

a

-2-

FIREARMS CONDITION AND STORAGE

CONCLUSIONS - NATIONAL POLICE

1 All of the Mauser rifles in the National Police service are

worn out and their bolt action is obsolete for modern

police work Some of them are 67 years old and the newest

are 25 years old The manual operation provides slow

firing Because ofcontinuous handling the bluing is worn

off all metal parts and stocks are worn clean of finishes

Most of them have heavy corrosion in the barrels Yet

many policemen are armed only with this gun

2 The Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines are a semishy

automatic carbine They were made in the Dominican

Republic about 15 years ago It is notagood-desTyn as

-it--is-vffryeavy and not well constructed It is dangerous

and often will fire when the butt is dropped to the ground

Several police of record have been killed by such accidental

fire The stock is of poor wood and often breaks because of

the large cutout for the receiver The rear sight often falls

off When the clip is loaded to capacity (30 rounds) the

spring freezes in the coipressed position and the cartridges

will not feed into the chamber Often the extractor will

not extract the fired case A natural method of holding the

rifle when firing is by the clip The clip is loose enough

-3shy

that when it is pressed to one side it causes the gun to

malfunction In general these guns are not suitable for

police use

3 Some of the revolvers are badly worn and need reconditioning

4 The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

frame stock wbid folds forward against the gun action

making it easy to conceal It only fires full automatic

The clip holds 30 rounds The multiple safety is confusing

It is only effective at short ranges It is seldom used

except by non-commissioned squad leaders or on special

assignments such as guarding banks

5 The caliber 45 Reising looks much like a carbine but is

capable of full automatic firing These guns are old

and show considerable wear They are not liked by the

police and are seldom used Ammunition for this arm is

notreadily available to the police

6 The Colt AR 15 223 caliber is a very light gun and

expensive The unusual size ammunition adds another problem

to the use of this gun The Police have only 10 on a trial

basis They are not very suitable for police use

7 Everyone likes the caliber 30 Ml carbine It is light

effective and simple Gives no trouble They would like

C

-4-

0 larger than 10 shot clips The only complaint is that

with the constant carrying these rifles over the shoulder

the web sling wears out

8 The 200 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns have been distributed

to several Departments These police have had very little

experience with shotguns but they all feel they would be S

an advantage Agents in rural areas could pose as a

hunter With the spread of shot effective shooting can

be accomplished without careful aiming Is effective for I

night shooting

9 Hundreds of revolvers are in storage in the various

stations being held for emergency use The investment 0

would be much more justified if all these revolvers could

be in service

10 Any of the firearms which are not in use hundreds of them-_ I

in some stations are stored in heavy grease The use of

grease on stored guns is undesirable It makes a very

messy storage makes close inspection impossible$ is hard

on the wood and in many instances there will be spots

of metal which are not covered with grease that will rust

and not be observed until it has reached proportions beyond

repair Just the fact the gun is covered with grease is

cause to believe no inspection is required When these

guns are put into service much timeis required to clean them 01

4

-5shy

11 Many of the revolvers are st6red in their original

boxes and these in large wooden boxes where inspection

is very difficult On one occasion I opened one of the

boxes and while the revolver looked unused yet the

haner spring was broken

12 In many stations these rifles are stored in large boxes

just piled into a corner or laid in piles on the floor

Such storage is iery hard on sights stocks and on the

gun in general

13 Many police work in-uniform but are not armed In emergenshy

cies they could be of much greater value if they were

armed

14 Many man-hours are lost by the requirement of turning in

revolters and ammunition at the end of each shift and

reissuing it again for the next shift shy

15 The members of the National Police work in 6 hour shifts

They must turn their revolvers in at the end of each

shift This makes many hours each day that the police

are on the streets unarmed Often they are in uniform

going from their station to their home etc

16 The fact that officers may obtain any-type revolver or

pistol and that non-commissioned officers may obtain and

wear holsters of their choice deviates from standardizations

which are so important in successful police organizations

I

-6shy

17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S

and pistols in the police service requiring that many

types of ammunition must be stocked

AMMUNITION AND STORAGE

18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were

found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one

place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and

in clips and in every other manner Generally it was

manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one

lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass

cases were badly dented in several places This was

true with ammunition carried by the police It is

doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage

no records of time received and no established stock

limits

19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory

boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are

used for its storage with no records as to when it is

received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with

the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum

stock levels provided and some stations have as much as

25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of

-7shy

it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver

ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes

drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with

grease to prevent corrosion

20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden

blocks near the front entrance to the station As each

shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When

they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the

storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had

been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The

brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear

At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and

reissued each day utilizing many man-hours

21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from

number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use

22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition

45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of

the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply

of the 223 caliber

23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition

Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established

minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved

-8shy

24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good

condition Methods of storage could be improved including

records of dates received and established stock levels

GENERAL

25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how

poorly the National Police are armed This promotes

boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines

the confidence of the public in the police

26 Administration The functions of the firearms program

are very important and a complete plan of operation is

needed

- 9-

RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE

FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE

1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be

distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use

2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern

police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine

guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural

areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The

shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to

the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural

areas

3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They

may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd

the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition

4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet

rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They

are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle

5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines

be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the

basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities

to the violence areas

I

-t

- 10 shy

6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and

distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for

fast loading This will permit police to carry extra

loaded clips

7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns

with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to

Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the

basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should

be equipped with a sling

8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles

or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle

be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters

in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10

men operating in rural zones These rifles should be

equipped with slings They are for use where the effective

range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy

-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers

and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently

in service except the 22 caliber should be sold

runds from such sales to be used to purchase required

ammunition

10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41

- 11 shy

frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that

each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all

times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon

beforehand while those going off duty will be able to

turn theirs in after coupleting their turns

11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not

in first class condition be completely reconditioned

12 That immediate consideration should be given toward

the future establishment of regulations requiring each

policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all

times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian

clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed

They would have full police authority at all times

This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary

regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while

- off duty as well -as while on duty

13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the

National Police have a revolver assigned to him which

he will keep and be responsible for at all times This

will provide many additional hours of police protection

and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and

ammunition

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 3: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-3shy

that when it is pressed to one side it causes the gun to

malfunction In general these guns are not suitable for

police use

3 Some of the revolvers are badly worn and need reconditioning

4 The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

frame stock wbid folds forward against the gun action

making it easy to conceal It only fires full automatic

The clip holds 30 rounds The multiple safety is confusing

It is only effective at short ranges It is seldom used

except by non-commissioned squad leaders or on special

assignments such as guarding banks

5 The caliber 45 Reising looks much like a carbine but is

capable of full automatic firing These guns are old

and show considerable wear They are not liked by the

police and are seldom used Ammunition for this arm is

notreadily available to the police

6 The Colt AR 15 223 caliber is a very light gun and

expensive The unusual size ammunition adds another problem

to the use of this gun The Police have only 10 on a trial

basis They are not very suitable for police use

7 Everyone likes the caliber 30 Ml carbine It is light

effective and simple Gives no trouble They would like

C

-4-

0 larger than 10 shot clips The only complaint is that

with the constant carrying these rifles over the shoulder

the web sling wears out

8 The 200 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns have been distributed

to several Departments These police have had very little

experience with shotguns but they all feel they would be S

an advantage Agents in rural areas could pose as a

hunter With the spread of shot effective shooting can

be accomplished without careful aiming Is effective for I

night shooting

9 Hundreds of revolvers are in storage in the various

stations being held for emergency use The investment 0

would be much more justified if all these revolvers could

be in service

10 Any of the firearms which are not in use hundreds of them-_ I

in some stations are stored in heavy grease The use of

grease on stored guns is undesirable It makes a very

messy storage makes close inspection impossible$ is hard

on the wood and in many instances there will be spots

of metal which are not covered with grease that will rust

and not be observed until it has reached proportions beyond

repair Just the fact the gun is covered with grease is

cause to believe no inspection is required When these

guns are put into service much timeis required to clean them 01

4

-5shy

11 Many of the revolvers are st6red in their original

boxes and these in large wooden boxes where inspection

is very difficult On one occasion I opened one of the

boxes and while the revolver looked unused yet the

haner spring was broken

12 In many stations these rifles are stored in large boxes

just piled into a corner or laid in piles on the floor

Such storage is iery hard on sights stocks and on the

gun in general

13 Many police work in-uniform but are not armed In emergenshy

cies they could be of much greater value if they were

armed

14 Many man-hours are lost by the requirement of turning in

revolters and ammunition at the end of each shift and

reissuing it again for the next shift shy

15 The members of the National Police work in 6 hour shifts

They must turn their revolvers in at the end of each

shift This makes many hours each day that the police

are on the streets unarmed Often they are in uniform

going from their station to their home etc

16 The fact that officers may obtain any-type revolver or

pistol and that non-commissioned officers may obtain and

wear holsters of their choice deviates from standardizations

which are so important in successful police organizations

I

-6shy

17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S

and pistols in the police service requiring that many

types of ammunition must be stocked

AMMUNITION AND STORAGE

18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were

found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one

place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and

in clips and in every other manner Generally it was

manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one

lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass

cases were badly dented in several places This was

true with ammunition carried by the police It is

doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage

no records of time received and no established stock

limits

19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory

boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are

used for its storage with no records as to when it is

received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with

the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum

stock levels provided and some stations have as much as

25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of

-7shy

it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver

ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes

drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with

grease to prevent corrosion

20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden

blocks near the front entrance to the station As each

shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When

they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the

storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had

been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The

brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear

At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and

reissued each day utilizing many man-hours

21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from

number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use

22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition

45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of

the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply

of the 223 caliber

23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition

Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established

minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved

-8shy

24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good

condition Methods of storage could be improved including

records of dates received and established stock levels

GENERAL

25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how

poorly the National Police are armed This promotes

boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines

the confidence of the public in the police

26 Administration The functions of the firearms program

are very important and a complete plan of operation is

needed

- 9-

RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE

FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE

1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be

distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use

2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern

police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine

guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural

areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The

shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to

the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural

areas

3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They

may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd

the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition

4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet

rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They

are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle

5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines

be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the

basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities

to the violence areas

I

-t

- 10 shy

6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and

distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for

fast loading This will permit police to carry extra

loaded clips

7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns

with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to

Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the

basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should

be equipped with a sling

8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles

or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle

be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters

in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10

men operating in rural zones These rifles should be

equipped with slings They are for use where the effective

range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy

-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers

and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently

in service except the 22 caliber should be sold

runds from such sales to be used to purchase required

ammunition

10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41

- 11 shy

frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that

each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all

times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon

beforehand while those going off duty will be able to

turn theirs in after coupleting their turns

11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not

in first class condition be completely reconditioned

12 That immediate consideration should be given toward

the future establishment of regulations requiring each

policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all

times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian

clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed

They would have full police authority at all times

This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary

regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while

- off duty as well -as while on duty

13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the

National Police have a revolver assigned to him which

he will keep and be responsible for at all times This

will provide many additional hours of police protection

and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and

ammunition

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 4: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

C

-4-

0 larger than 10 shot clips The only complaint is that

with the constant carrying these rifles over the shoulder

the web sling wears out

8 The 200 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns have been distributed

to several Departments These police have had very little

experience with shotguns but they all feel they would be S

an advantage Agents in rural areas could pose as a

hunter With the spread of shot effective shooting can

be accomplished without careful aiming Is effective for I

night shooting

9 Hundreds of revolvers are in storage in the various

stations being held for emergency use The investment 0

would be much more justified if all these revolvers could

be in service

10 Any of the firearms which are not in use hundreds of them-_ I

in some stations are stored in heavy grease The use of

grease on stored guns is undesirable It makes a very

messy storage makes close inspection impossible$ is hard

on the wood and in many instances there will be spots

of metal which are not covered with grease that will rust

and not be observed until it has reached proportions beyond

repair Just the fact the gun is covered with grease is

cause to believe no inspection is required When these

guns are put into service much timeis required to clean them 01

4

-5shy

11 Many of the revolvers are st6red in their original

boxes and these in large wooden boxes where inspection

is very difficult On one occasion I opened one of the

boxes and while the revolver looked unused yet the

haner spring was broken

12 In many stations these rifles are stored in large boxes

just piled into a corner or laid in piles on the floor

Such storage is iery hard on sights stocks and on the

gun in general

13 Many police work in-uniform but are not armed In emergenshy

cies they could be of much greater value if they were

armed

14 Many man-hours are lost by the requirement of turning in

revolters and ammunition at the end of each shift and

reissuing it again for the next shift shy

15 The members of the National Police work in 6 hour shifts

They must turn their revolvers in at the end of each

shift This makes many hours each day that the police

are on the streets unarmed Often they are in uniform

going from their station to their home etc

16 The fact that officers may obtain any-type revolver or

pistol and that non-commissioned officers may obtain and

wear holsters of their choice deviates from standardizations

which are so important in successful police organizations

I

-6shy

17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S

and pistols in the police service requiring that many

types of ammunition must be stocked

AMMUNITION AND STORAGE

18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were

found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one

place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and

in clips and in every other manner Generally it was

manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one

lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass

cases were badly dented in several places This was

true with ammunition carried by the police It is

doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage

no records of time received and no established stock

limits

19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory

boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are

used for its storage with no records as to when it is

received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with

the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum

stock levels provided and some stations have as much as

25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of

-7shy

it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver

ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes

drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with

grease to prevent corrosion

20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden

blocks near the front entrance to the station As each

shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When

they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the

storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had

been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The

brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear

At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and

reissued each day utilizing many man-hours

21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from

number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use

22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition

45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of

the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply

of the 223 caliber

23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition

Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established

minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved

-8shy

24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good

condition Methods of storage could be improved including

records of dates received and established stock levels

GENERAL

25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how

poorly the National Police are armed This promotes

boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines

the confidence of the public in the police

26 Administration The functions of the firearms program

are very important and a complete plan of operation is

needed

- 9-

RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE

FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE

1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be

distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use

2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern

police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine

guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural

areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The

shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to

the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural

areas

3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They

may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd

the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition

4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet

rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They

are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle

5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines

be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the

basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities

to the violence areas

I

-t

- 10 shy

6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and

distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for

fast loading This will permit police to carry extra

loaded clips

7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns

with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to

Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the

basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should

be equipped with a sling

8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles

or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle

be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters

in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10

men operating in rural zones These rifles should be

equipped with slings They are for use where the effective

range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy

-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers

and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently

in service except the 22 caliber should be sold

runds from such sales to be used to purchase required

ammunition

10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41

- 11 shy

frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that

each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all

times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon

beforehand while those going off duty will be able to

turn theirs in after coupleting their turns

11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not

in first class condition be completely reconditioned

12 That immediate consideration should be given toward

the future establishment of regulations requiring each

policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all

times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian

clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed

They would have full police authority at all times

This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary

regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while

- off duty as well -as while on duty

13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the

National Police have a revolver assigned to him which

he will keep and be responsible for at all times This

will provide many additional hours of police protection

and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and

ammunition

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 5: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

4

-5shy

11 Many of the revolvers are st6red in their original

boxes and these in large wooden boxes where inspection

is very difficult On one occasion I opened one of the

boxes and while the revolver looked unused yet the

haner spring was broken

12 In many stations these rifles are stored in large boxes

just piled into a corner or laid in piles on the floor

Such storage is iery hard on sights stocks and on the

gun in general

13 Many police work in-uniform but are not armed In emergenshy

cies they could be of much greater value if they were

armed

14 Many man-hours are lost by the requirement of turning in

revolters and ammunition at the end of each shift and

reissuing it again for the next shift shy

15 The members of the National Police work in 6 hour shifts

They must turn their revolvers in at the end of each

shift This makes many hours each day that the police

are on the streets unarmed Often they are in uniform

going from their station to their home etc

16 The fact that officers may obtain any-type revolver or

pistol and that non-commissioned officers may obtain and

wear holsters of their choice deviates from standardizations

which are so important in successful police organizations

I

-6shy

17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S

and pistols in the police service requiring that many

types of ammunition must be stocked

AMMUNITION AND STORAGE

18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were

found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one

place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and

in clips and in every other manner Generally it was

manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one

lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass

cases were badly dented in several places This was

true with ammunition carried by the police It is

doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage

no records of time received and no established stock

limits

19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory

boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are

used for its storage with no records as to when it is

received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with

the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum

stock levels provided and some stations have as much as

25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of

-7shy

it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver

ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes

drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with

grease to prevent corrosion

20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden

blocks near the front entrance to the station As each

shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When

they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the

storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had

been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The

brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear

At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and

reissued each day utilizing many man-hours

21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from

number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use

22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition

45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of

the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply

of the 223 caliber

23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition

Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established

minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved

-8shy

24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good

condition Methods of storage could be improved including

records of dates received and established stock levels

GENERAL

25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how

poorly the National Police are armed This promotes

boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines

the confidence of the public in the police

26 Administration The functions of the firearms program

are very important and a complete plan of operation is

needed

- 9-

RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE

FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE

1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be

distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use

2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern

police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine

guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural

areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The

shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to

the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural

areas

3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They

may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd

the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition

4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet

rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They

are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle

5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines

be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the

basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities

to the violence areas

I

-t

- 10 shy

6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and

distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for

fast loading This will permit police to carry extra

loaded clips

7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns

with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to

Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the

basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should

be equipped with a sling

8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles

or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle

be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters

in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10

men operating in rural zones These rifles should be

equipped with slings They are for use where the effective

range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy

-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers

and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently

in service except the 22 caliber should be sold

runds from such sales to be used to purchase required

ammunition

10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41

- 11 shy

frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that

each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all

times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon

beforehand while those going off duty will be able to

turn theirs in after coupleting their turns

11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not

in first class condition be completely reconditioned

12 That immediate consideration should be given toward

the future establishment of regulations requiring each

policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all

times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian

clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed

They would have full police authority at all times

This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary

regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while

- off duty as well -as while on duty

13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the

National Police have a revolver assigned to him which

he will keep and be responsible for at all times This

will provide many additional hours of police protection

and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and

ammunition

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 6: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

I

-6shy

17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S

and pistols in the police service requiring that many

types of ammunition must be stocked

AMMUNITION AND STORAGE

18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were

found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one

place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and

in clips and in every other manner Generally it was

manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one

lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass

cases were badly dented in several places This was

true with ammunition carried by the police It is

doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage

no records of time received and no established stock

limits

19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory

boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are

used for its storage with no records as to when it is

received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with

the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum

stock levels provided and some stations have as much as

25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of

-7shy

it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver

ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes

drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with

grease to prevent corrosion

20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden

blocks near the front entrance to the station As each

shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When

they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the

storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had

been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The

brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear

At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and

reissued each day utilizing many man-hours

21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from

number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use

22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition

45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of

the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply

of the 223 caliber

23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition

Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established

minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved

-8shy

24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good

condition Methods of storage could be improved including

records of dates received and established stock levels

GENERAL

25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how

poorly the National Police are armed This promotes

boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines

the confidence of the public in the police

26 Administration The functions of the firearms program

are very important and a complete plan of operation is

needed

- 9-

RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE

FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE

1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be

distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use

2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern

police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine

guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural

areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The

shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to

the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural

areas

3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They

may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd

the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition

4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet

rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They

are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle

5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines

be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the

basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities

to the violence areas

I

-t

- 10 shy

6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and

distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for

fast loading This will permit police to carry extra

loaded clips

7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns

with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to

Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the

basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should

be equipped with a sling

8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles

or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle

be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters

in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10

men operating in rural zones These rifles should be

equipped with slings They are for use where the effective

range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy

-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers

and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently

in service except the 22 caliber should be sold

runds from such sales to be used to purchase required

ammunition

10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41

- 11 shy

frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that

each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all

times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon

beforehand while those going off duty will be able to

turn theirs in after coupleting their turns

11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not

in first class condition be completely reconditioned

12 That immediate consideration should be given toward

the future establishment of regulations requiring each

policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all

times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian

clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed

They would have full police authority at all times

This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary

regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while

- off duty as well -as while on duty

13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the

National Police have a revolver assigned to him which

he will keep and be responsible for at all times This

will provide many additional hours of police protection

and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and

ammunition

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 7: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-7shy

it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver

ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes

drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with

grease to prevent corrosion

20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden

blocks near the front entrance to the station As each

shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When

they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the

storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had

been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The

brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear

At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and

reissued each day utilizing many man-hours

21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from

number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use

22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition

45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of

the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply

of the 223 caliber

23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition

Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established

minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved

-8shy

24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good

condition Methods of storage could be improved including

records of dates received and established stock levels

GENERAL

25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how

poorly the National Police are armed This promotes

boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines

the confidence of the public in the police

26 Administration The functions of the firearms program

are very important and a complete plan of operation is

needed

- 9-

RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE

FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE

1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be

distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use

2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern

police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine

guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural

areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The

shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to

the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural

areas

3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They

may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd

the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition

4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet

rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They

are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle

5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines

be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the

basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities

to the violence areas

I

-t

- 10 shy

6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and

distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for

fast loading This will permit police to carry extra

loaded clips

7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns

with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to

Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the

basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should

be equipped with a sling

8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles

or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle

be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters

in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10

men operating in rural zones These rifles should be

equipped with slings They are for use where the effective

range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy

-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers

and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently

in service except the 22 caliber should be sold

runds from such sales to be used to purchase required

ammunition

10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41

- 11 shy

frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that

each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all

times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon

beforehand while those going off duty will be able to

turn theirs in after coupleting their turns

11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not

in first class condition be completely reconditioned

12 That immediate consideration should be given toward

the future establishment of regulations requiring each

policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all

times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian

clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed

They would have full police authority at all times

This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary

regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while

- off duty as well -as while on duty

13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the

National Police have a revolver assigned to him which

he will keep and be responsible for at all times This

will provide many additional hours of police protection

and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and

ammunition

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 8: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-8shy

24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good

condition Methods of storage could be improved including

records of dates received and established stock levels

GENERAL

25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how

poorly the National Police are armed This promotes

boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines

the confidence of the public in the police

26 Administration The functions of the firearms program

are very important and a complete plan of operation is

needed

- 9-

RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE

FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE

1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be

distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use

2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern

police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine

guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural

areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The

shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to

the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural

areas

3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They

may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd

the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition

4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet

rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They

are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle

5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines

be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the

basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities

to the violence areas

I

-t

- 10 shy

6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and

distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for

fast loading This will permit police to carry extra

loaded clips

7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns

with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to

Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the

basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should

be equipped with a sling

8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles

or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle

be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters

in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10

men operating in rural zones These rifles should be

equipped with slings They are for use where the effective

range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy

-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers

and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently

in service except the 22 caliber should be sold

runds from such sales to be used to purchase required

ammunition

10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41

- 11 shy

frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that

each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all

times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon

beforehand while those going off duty will be able to

turn theirs in after coupleting their turns

11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not

in first class condition be completely reconditioned

12 That immediate consideration should be given toward

the future establishment of regulations requiring each

policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all

times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian

clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed

They would have full police authority at all times

This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary

regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while

- off duty as well -as while on duty

13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the

National Police have a revolver assigned to him which

he will keep and be responsible for at all times This

will provide many additional hours of police protection

and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and

ammunition

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 9: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 9-

RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE

FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE

1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be

distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use

2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern

police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine

guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural

areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The

shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to

the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural

areas

3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They

may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd

the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition

4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet

rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They

are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle

5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines

be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the

basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities

to the violence areas

I

-t

- 10 shy

6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and

distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for

fast loading This will permit police to carry extra

loaded clips

7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns

with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to

Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the

basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should

be equipped with a sling

8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles

or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle

be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters

in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10

men operating in rural zones These rifles should be

equipped with slings They are for use where the effective

range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy

-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers

and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently

in service except the 22 caliber should be sold

runds from such sales to be used to purchase required

ammunition

10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41

- 11 shy

frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that

each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all

times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon

beforehand while those going off duty will be able to

turn theirs in after coupleting their turns

11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not

in first class condition be completely reconditioned

12 That immediate consideration should be given toward

the future establishment of regulations requiring each

policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all

times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian

clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed

They would have full police authority at all times

This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary

regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while

- off duty as well -as while on duty

13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the

National Police have a revolver assigned to him which

he will keep and be responsible for at all times This

will provide many additional hours of police protection

and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and

ammunition

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 10: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

I

-t

- 10 shy

6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and

distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for

fast loading This will permit police to carry extra

loaded clips

7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns

with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to

Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the

basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should

be equipped with a sling

8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles

or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle

be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters

in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10

men operating in rural zones These rifles should be

equipped with slings They are for use where the effective

range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy

-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers

and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently

in service except the 22 caliber should be sold

runds from such sales to be used to purchase required

ammunition

10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41

- 11 shy

frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that

each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all

times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon

beforehand while those going off duty will be able to

turn theirs in after coupleting their turns

11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not

in first class condition be completely reconditioned

12 That immediate consideration should be given toward

the future establishment of regulations requiring each

policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all

times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian

clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed

They would have full police authority at all times

This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary

regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while

- off duty as well -as while on duty

13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the

National Police have a revolver assigned to him which

he will keep and be responsible for at all times This

will provide many additional hours of police protection

and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and

ammunition

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 11: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 11 shy

frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that

each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all

times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon

beforehand while those going off duty will be able to

turn theirs in after coupleting their turns

11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not

in first class condition be completely reconditioned

12 That immediate consideration should be given toward

the future establishment of regulations requiring each

policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all

times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian

clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed

They would have full police authority at all times

This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary

regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while

- off duty as well -as while on duty

13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the

National Police have a revolver assigned to him which

he will keep and be responsible for at all times This

will provide many additional hours of police protection

and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and

ammunition

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 12: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

0 - 12 shy

14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which

06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special

15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in

BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent

to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters

See Appendix No 6

COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS

16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with

slings These slings may be obtained from the local

0markets

17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on

IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material

may be obtained from local suppliers

18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police

SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun

The number required would be based on the number of horses

in service They may be obtained through the local markets

19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be

installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried

in tbese cars

4

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 13: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 13 shy

20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the

standard holster while in uniform

21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 1 belt per carbine

22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed

on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle

AINUJNITION

23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be

obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based

on 50 rounds per M1 carbine

24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to

each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine

25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be

used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines

26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition

stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock

level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained

27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot

be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters

on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to

be used in operations against bandits and other criminals

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 14: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 14 S

28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained

and distributed through Department Headquarters on the

basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be

used for riot control

29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00

buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes

of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for

police use

30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells

of the appropriate size

Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun

Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level

00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun

10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun

31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds

per rifle

Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds

per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle

32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 15: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

)

- 15 shy

for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any

38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set

aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all

revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the

supply for marksmanship training

33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver

ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department

Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man

34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever

any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should

be replaced

35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to

each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued

This used ammunition should be put in the supply used

for marksmanship training

36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters

for use in reloading

37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be

maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station

revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man

38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and

should be discarded in some suitable manner

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 16: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

1h

- 16 0

39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be

used for marksmanship training to be made up at the

new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and

distributed to the Department Headquarters This one

reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire

police requirements

40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department

Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18

Departments These to be used in the rural areas against

bandit gangs concealed in the jungles

41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 MMh gas projectile guns

Hand grenades

37 11 blast cartridges

37 M projectile cartridges

Gas Masks

42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy

desirable in police work and should be disposed of

43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It

should be expended in training courses as promptly as

possible

44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 17: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

)

- 17 shy

mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed

to Department Headquarters The supply should be held

at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates

while in storage A good basis for this supply would

be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters

Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are

received

45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of

ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This

is less confusing smaller stock required and provides

more possibility of one policeman supplying another with

ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt

to be using the same type

GENERAL

46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization

a separate administrative control should be established

over the firearms and related activities See Appendix

No 5 for suggested plan

47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance

be established See Appendix No 3

48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be

established and followed by all of the police units

See Appendix No 4

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 18: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 18 shy

49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the

National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms

and their inability to function efficiently it is

strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be

ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible

S

a

i

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 19: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

i

-19-

THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)

CONCLUSIONS

1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with

revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns

in the station They need some additional supporting

equipment8 shy

2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning

3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it

necessay to stock many types of ammunition

4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4

barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of

one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents

They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These

are used by the Rural Security Service where they have

218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are

sufficient for current requirements If there is a

surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended

that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters

excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use

5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account

of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has

been adopted as the standard plan

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 20: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-20N

6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would

be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his

equipment on short notice if required

7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are

in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all

new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful

that stations are aware of the availability of this

eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant

stations in the event of a sudden requirement

AMMUNITION

8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of

when it was received and no stock levels established

9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years

without replacement

10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which

is best for bandit control

GENERAL

11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4

regulation

4

a

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 21: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-21

THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

RECOMENDATIONS

FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE

1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the

apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a

building bandit gangs or other special conditions

where the revolver is not sufficient it is

recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with

slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained

and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4

guns per Department (State)

2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and

distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns

per Department

3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely

reconditioned

4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition

all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22

long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these

sales to be used to purchase ammunition

5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS

guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single

repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for

this organization See Appendix -N 6

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 22: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

L

-22-S

6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their

short barrel they have a very short effective range They are

not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M

ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and

the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen

guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen

and for greater distances In view of these important considerations

it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans

be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future

7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and

distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per

11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips

to provide fast reloading

8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition

are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from

8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition

andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed

ammunition since they will be using the same type

SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS

9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn

out These may be obtained through local sources

S

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 23: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-23shy

10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester

Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued

to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy

to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay

be obtained through local suppliers

11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department

Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1

carbine These may be obtained on the local market

AMIUNITION

12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be

obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to

be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells

per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock

level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells

13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and

distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per

M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy

nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum

of 25 rounds

14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other

than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 24: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

45 -24shy

15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or

wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training

Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more

than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship

training and new ammunition issued This policy of

reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh

maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40

rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man

16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the

Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against

bandit gangso

17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following

items

37 mm Projectile guns

Hand Grenades

37 mm blast cartridges

37 dim projectfle cartridges

Gas Masks

18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and

should be disposed of

19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be

expended in training courses as promptly as possible

0

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 25: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-25shy

20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation

number 17 should be obLained and distributed to

Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a

minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while

in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10

ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records

to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received

21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be

used for marksmanship training should be made up at the

DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department

Headquarters

22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in

storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department

Headquarters so they may be available for use if required

GENERAL

23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns

and ammunition See Appendix N0 3

24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established

and used See Appendix No0 4

V4

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 26: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-27-

ORIENTATION GENERAL

Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965

Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to

meet the following important individuals

USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler

U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver

General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho

Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M

Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz

Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez

and many other related offici

On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to

Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this

visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1

On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another

military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this

visit is attached as Appendix No2

ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE

On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was

sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who

explained that a large new building is just being completed

at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 27: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

k

-28shy

repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of

guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the

most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy

ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him

offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance

was given that they would be followed This new building will

be a valuable asset to the National Police

A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting

this survey

w

NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0

Number of Men Town Department (State)

1200 Tunj a Boyack

8oo Neiva Huila

12 Campoalegre Huila

8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn

8 Piendamo Cauca

2500 Ibagu6 Tolima

18 El Salado Tolima

8 Villa Restrepo Tolima

200 Espinal (School) Tolima

200 Girardot Cundinamarca

5000 Medellin Antioquia

187 Rio Negro Antioquia

0shy

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 28: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-29-

National Police Stations Visited (Contd)

Number of Men Town Department (State)

950 Bucaramanga Santander

800 Cartagena Bolivar

60 San Andres Island San Andrds

Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca

National Police Headquarters

The Police Academy

Station No 1

Station No 4

Sta6ion No 6 -

Station No T

Non-Com Officers Cadet School

Mounted Police and Dog School

While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new

building being completed which will house the National Police

headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November

I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked

for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully

given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a

very large modern building (See Illustrations)

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 29: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-30-

Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing

is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S

lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful

suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity

will be greatly improved when moved into the new building

previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose

Observations - National Police

1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-

This includes officers non-commissioned officers and

policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All

amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe

based on the 30000 figure

2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States

5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy

quarters in the State capital city and substations as required

throughout the State

4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are

Revolvers

5207 S amp W 38 Special

16665 Colt 58 Special

23 S amp W 32 Long

S amp W 38 Short

15

7

S amp W 22 Caliber

235 Colt 22 Caliber

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 30: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-31shy

1 Colt 38 Short

37 Colt 4 Caliber

249 Colt 32 Long

1 H amp R 22 Caliber

1 Azul 32 Long

1 Leon 22 Caliber

2 Trade AA 38 Long

2 Ciervo 38 Long

25 H 0 38 Long

Pistols

34 Colt 22 Caliber

1 Colt 45 Caliber

10 High Standard 22 Caliber

24 Hamerli 22 Caliber

1 Browning 22 Caliber

I Browning 765 my

1 Browning 9 M

12 Beretta 22 Caliber

8 Star 22 Caliber

5 Star 9 MM

1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM

1 Ceska 635 MM

5 Ceska 765 M

1 Walther 765 Mm

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 31: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

1

k19

1

21

20

9

29

2

3

443

1 848

714

731k

124

288

372

2

2

47

6

-32-

Walther 9 I01

Steyr 735 IOM

Husquarna 38 Caliber

Astra 9 MM

Gesichert 9 MM

VM 31 Machine 765 MM

Rifles

Remington M 57 22 Caliber

Remington M 550 22 Caliber-

Winchester M 63 22 Caliber

Winchester M 74 22 Caliber

Mauser 7 MM 1898

Mauser 7 N4 1912

14auser-7 MM 1924

Muser 7AJ14L1934

Mauser 7 vM 1940

Mexican 7 14M

Belgas 30 Caliber 1950

Tamage 30 Caliber 1952

Madsen 50 Caliber

Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)

K E 7 MM Semi-automatic

Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber

0-

S

a1

S

S

0

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 32: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-33shy

3 Savage 22 Caliber

2 Winchester 22 Caliber

154 Winchester 9 mm

1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine

5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine

Sub-machine Guns

10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber

117 Riesing 45 Caliber

761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns

200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns

5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin

it was learned that they have the following guns in addition

to the National Police owned which were furnished by the

Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952

TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles

65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles

6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue

one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply

was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets

where they are issued to the police as they go on duty

at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 33: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

Ishy

of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the

revolver and ammunition is turned in

S

7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned

above are kept in a gun room in storage They are

held in this manner for use in case of an emergency

In many instances there are several hundred revolvers

stored in this manner and not in use 0

8 Many police including all mounted police and most of

those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a

rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some

with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50

to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned

in at their station each day they are reissued the same

rifle for the next shift

9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for

the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel

was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily

available

10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable

Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction

The 22

Officers

09

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 34: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-55shy

may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many

different types are used by the officersincluding the

P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued

revolver but some have purchased their own holster with

tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed

on the holster The standard issue holster fits high

on the belt and has a leather flap cover

11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no

saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their

back supported by the sling over their chest

12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the

storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy

commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver

racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns

in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no

standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of

the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)

15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot

of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the

bunk by the sling

14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun

repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do

any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition

Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 35: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-56shy

gt1

15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations

Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed

because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy

ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range

0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police

in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing

ranges at other locations

0

0

-t

0

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 36: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-37-

THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)

ORITATION

A total of 9 DAS stations were visited

LOCATIONS

nmber of Agents Town Department

6 Girardot Cundinamarca

22 Ibagu6 Tolima

16 Medellin Antioauia

17 Bucaramanga Santander

12 Cartagena Bolivar

5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island

Agua Azul Boyac

Yopal Boyacamp

Orocu6 Boyaca

Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety

Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment

is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an

ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special

revolver ammunition

OBSERVATIONS

1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 37: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural

sections for most of the nation

(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast

of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like

detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where

they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large

gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on

the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of

all police activities but because of the extensive

cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted

with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy

are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization

is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)

2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the

training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in

every detail and an important step toward improved training

of these men (See illustration)

5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents

Many other technical and office people are employed but

they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there

are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a

total of 218 operative agents

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 38: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-39shy

4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy

576 Colt 38 Special V barrel

445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel

350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel

259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel

10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel

7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel

2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel

1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel

12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel

10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel

1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel

Pistols

51 Colt 45 caliber

1 Colt 38 caliber

1 Colt 22 caliber

2 High Standard 22 caliber

1 Star 22 caliber

4 star - 9 mm

1 Mauser 765 DI

1 Walther T65 1im

4 Ceska 765 M

Rifles etc

22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber

1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 39: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- -- -- -

5ss-n

256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns

4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns

2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns

Gas equipment shy

50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns

200 Gas Masks

2 Gas Billy Clubs

772 37 101 Gas Cartridges

150 Special Gas Cartridges

6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges

OTHER

108 Bullet proof vests

18 Bullet proof masks

Ammunition

4800 -45 Caliber

- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy

16oooo 9 14

1721 32 Caliber

80000 38 Caliber Bullets

100000 Priemers

5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all

times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition

6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued

for special- occasions

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 40: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to

the Rural Security Service group

8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited

It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy

dated

9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it

is light and small and easy to conceal when working in

plain clothes

10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the

Rural Security Service

11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of

grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the

gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard

plan for the storage of guns

12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on

the guns (See Appendix No 5)

15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane

which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the

long distances between posts

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 41: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

tr

S

APPENDIX No 1 S

REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA

Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army

the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with

us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and

seemed very capable

0

This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security

people and officers in charge of major activities

At the present time they manufacture

2

3

5

6

7

-

Sub-machine gun

FAL Rifle

Single Shot Sliot-gun

Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-

Shotgun Shells

Rifle Amnunition (30-06)

Singer Sewing Machine parts

---shy

0

This factory has operated for many years in an old small building

until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are

equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is

well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for

future expansion (See Illustrations)

S

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 42: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-43 shy

1 Sub-Machine Gun

While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like

the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements

mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full

automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a

metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a

little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The

finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan

to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into

production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy

2 The FAL Rifle

This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It

is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military

requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have

made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost

of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market

If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of

making 10000 per year

3 Single Shot Shotgun

This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in

12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant

The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of

the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used

obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns

per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 43: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-44shy

I

The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make

an over and under double barrelled shotgun

1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers

The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts

purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12

and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold

to the public This operation was started this year They are

completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next

year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is

a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room

5 Shotgun Shells

The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for

making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads

Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co

They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to

number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year

6 Rifle Ammunition

30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at

this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and

shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is

purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made

in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have

an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 44: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-11-5shy

are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of

increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by

the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles

7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -

One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of

the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered

material such as surplus bayonets etc

In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major

Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing

in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The

quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading

operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a

considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the

completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very

satisfactory

This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could

be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe

it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special

revolver ammunition

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 45: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-46-

APPEDIX No 2

REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA

Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business

Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)

There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing

97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people

work on production the balance are used in security maintenance

and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)

The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down

until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in

the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy

ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up

yet This production has been on a very limited basis

0

The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the

buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine

modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France

Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is

being done for a nearby steel factory

0

No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant

In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00

ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used

for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 46: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-47~-

Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very

fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The

location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from

Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many

separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 47: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

Appendix No 3

FIREAMS MAINTENANCE

Guns

1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of

revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be

sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned

2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the

racks for easy inspection

3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or

heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required

use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe

it all off before placing the gun in the rack

4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week

5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks

for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered

in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)

6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or

bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be

used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine

oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning

brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table

Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh

cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod

to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 48: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 2 shy

7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be

completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy

print marks will rust quickly

Ammunition

8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened

until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd

metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above

the floor

9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy

when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and

the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of

ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to

be in a cool dry room

10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing

the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for

all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when

-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the

oldest date first

11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of

ammunition are to be established for each station or post When

stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered

bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock

level in attached recommendations)

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 49: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 3 shy

12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more

than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year

is to be turned in for a new issue

13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is

to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship

training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in

a cool dry room

14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition

15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the

ammunition cases or bullets

16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in

a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it

the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota

17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry

room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding

the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received

Gas Equipmentt

18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared

for in the manner outlined for guns

19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy

inspection They are to be dated showing date received

20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in

clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 50: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-- 4

dated showing the date received

21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date

first

22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in

service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that

it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and

a new supply obtained

23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the

stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement

24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room

25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (

should be dated to show date received

26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be

maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the

grenade They are to be used in the order of date received

I

0

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 51: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

S

Sm 3s-

4 4

9

$3i~

RiFLE ACK -SCALE

CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4

3o

-4shy

Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s

It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD

M IrAMCKS

t

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 52: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

Appendix No 4

MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given

in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to

shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc

Revolver

1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month

Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended

tor this training

2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if

possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow

fire single action

3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance

of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other

times but be sure the gun is not loaded

4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans

scores to show degree of improvement

5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10

shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target

at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available

10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire

Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double

action

6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 53: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-2 shy

be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire

10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and

timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds

either single or double action

7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is

ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on

the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing

the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists

of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots

kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm

behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start

from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and

holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and

start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and

reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action

8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard

-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he

will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including

reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the

command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised

to eye level while firing

9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he

will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of

24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds

4

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 54: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 3 shy

pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds

from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his

gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he

will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed

including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes

10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire

the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy

yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed

6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)

11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following

order

a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30

seconds

b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right

hand both from behind a barricade All double action

Time 95 seconds

c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and

6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single

action Time 3 minutes

d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single

action Time 6 minutes

12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National

Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available

emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 55: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

1

-4

should be fired at least once each month

13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for

firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice

is desired the following should he used

Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner

as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6

The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing

until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell

and load again with one round This method will be followed until the

course is completed

This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and

position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open

chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired

case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing

6 shot loads

14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to

fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters

get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It

also provides for better firing line control and instructions

15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best

natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located

at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and

50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but

4

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 56: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-5-

barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is

placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right

16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid

Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol

course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing

sheet which is fastened to the target frame

17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service

revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters

pocket

18 Firing line commands-

For conventional billeyes shooting

on the line with 5 rounds load

Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy

The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left

Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing

cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go

forward and score targets

For the modified practical pistol course

On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun

Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the

right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy

Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster

guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 57: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

I

-6

whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease

firing commands

19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire

bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun

so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder

and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer

falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can

see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great

deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the

flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or

rapid fire

20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry

firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided

it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t

not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care

as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good

holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it

Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in

alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the

sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun

there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would

have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 58: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 7 shy

down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small

paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls

make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10

such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually

fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry

firing will improve anynes shooting ability

Rifle

21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the

NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards

Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3

months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each

rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the

prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should

try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should

be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every

policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him

to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it

22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol

some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle

Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small

spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial

bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 59: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

I

-8shy

sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor

checks for correctness

23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to

fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank

paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of

the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver

nor is constant practice required However it is very important

that each policeman understands the operation has operated and

knows what to expect when it is fired

24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with

the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not

likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try

it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in

groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using

this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting

on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the

37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge

will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them

or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action

Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing

into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge

or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building

who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 60: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 9-

Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great

detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not

operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be

lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target

Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be

too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often

they will pick it up and throw it back at the police

25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy

with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions

should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution

must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If

possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained

to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 61: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

----

_____ ____ _____ ____ __

w - gt~

AS ao

~_ - ----4

-q-

V

It

C

~4- - 4 4

- a

- 7

CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~

74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-

A 44

i

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 62: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy

3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV

ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si

F I

- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS

- NETAL C4l

-IrIN15 + IIK it

K

brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy

-I m-rAt 5

1 I-sstI-

2 M

Idshy

I SID ST N

i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t

-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-

ci Ut

FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1

PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG

=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj

q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr

nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x

- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS

3O-58 DN CUTERS

4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +

GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt

DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F

TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-

EAamp SCNEme No I a I

4 C(4)

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 63: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

I 6 4 4e 4 1 1

FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target

VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING

SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS

PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING

25 YARDUINE START HERE

on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44

A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO

CDuINC( FGRANEaS

i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG

Audrct IOI 01 INaK

DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI

s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi

Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd

Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several

distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a

11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 64: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

Xe S

I

Ae

71

7 - N

it

tC

uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl

9 9 10 4lS I

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 65: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

9

-A 0 $I

4- I1

SITTING POSITION KNEELING

POSITION

V

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 66: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

A

4

PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)

I p 6

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 67: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

CN

C

9 0

z 0 9

0 2

S

n~

tri

9 1

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 68: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

Appendix No 5

NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION

One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto

be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He

should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms

Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should

be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy

sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate

them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed

Gun Storage

Firearms Repair

Ammunition Storage

AmmunitionReloading

Gun and Ammunition Records

Gun Care and Maintenance

Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns

Revolver Marksmanship

Rifle Marksmanship

Shotgun Marksmanship

Development and Construction of firing ranges

Use of gas equipment

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 69: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

a 2

Use of hand grenades

inventory of guns amunition and related equipment

In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section

Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer

in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under

the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see

that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed

by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns

It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p

covered in other appendixes in this reportj

AP

0

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 70: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

Appendix N 6

EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED

GUN REPAIR SHOP

At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See

sketch attached)

Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12

long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts

(See sketch attached)

At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high

with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them

on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)

At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for

6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)

At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long

A shaded light for each bench

The following tools for each bench

2 - 4 barrette files

2 - 6 pillar files

3 - 7 screw drivers

2 - 10 screw drivers

2 - 4 hard-slip stones

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 71: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

S

-2 shy

1 - 41 vice

The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co

for each bench

1 - Hand pin holder

1 - Sear pin holder

1 - Locking bolt pin holder

1 - Locking bolt holder

I - Round Bobbit

1 - Locking pin drift

1 - Barrel pin drift

1 - Brushing pin drift

1 - Yoke liner

1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)

1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels

1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels

1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy

1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head

space gauge - 062 - 0640

The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co

for each bench

1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun

1 - Crane bushing wrench

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 72: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 3 shy

- Spring depressor

- Counter bore D 12999

- Counter bore C 1206-4

- 356 machine tap screw

- 264 machine tap screw i

The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger

numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops

1 - Soldering torch kit

2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit

1 - Spool acid core wire solder

1 - Can soldering flux

1 - 38 hand drill

1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files

1 - Hacksaw

1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades

6- 6 half round wood rasps

3- 6 long nosed pliers

3- 6 diagonal cut pliers

3- 6 standard pliers

2- Drive pin punch setsshy

3 - Size 3 prich punches

6- 4 tweezers

J~~~114

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 73: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 4shy

1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1

- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth

50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper

50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes

6 - 1 round bristle brushes

3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers

3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers

2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U

2 - Dozen bottles gun oil

2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent

1 - Set drill bits to--

2 - Sets needle files

2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches

2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S

6 - Rifle cleaning rods

6 - Revolver cleaning rods

- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes

- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes

2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 74: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-5

Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines

1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995

6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298

6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026

10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300

1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938

1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 75: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

Jr

4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm

ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I

rn e Kamp

~-I-IlUI I 1)

I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1

og ---i h 14 Aft

-0S600 0 0 to 0

L

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 76: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

4

0~4 w 4 SS S a

--~-shy

N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J

0 0 o C ci -

Th91 jy y2A1O n I

W ~ T T

IT

1

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 77: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

7A7GAIJ

JO 0 -W

7 46

Ii[A SWAY

4 -It -4 I

I

09 06

I

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 78: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

Appendix NO 7

SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP

Caliber 30 i1 Carbine

50 5305 299 1269 Screws

50 1005 313 9442 Spring

50 1005 519 6436 Nut

100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger

20 1005 519 6446 Piston

100 5315 519 6449 Pin

100 5315 519 6450 Pin

45 1005 519 6451 Key

75 5315 519 6453 Pin

75 1005 519 6456 Gasket

50 1005 614 6873 Screws

100 1005 519 6459 Spring

100 1005 519 6466 Spring

55 5315 519 6482 Pin

55 1005 519 6484 Spring

60 1005 537 7921 Spring

60 1005 537 7984 Spring

45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br

25 1005 555 7152 Sling

45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer

1005 614 7695 Plunger

100 1005 620 0976 Pin

100 1005 620 0981 Pin

100 1005 620 0985 Pin

45

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 79: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

-2shy

100 1005 620 0987 Extractor

50 1005 620 0988 Trigger

25 1005 620 0995 Sight

40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector

40 1005 621 2602 Guard

100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine

25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight

65 1005 716 0092 Bolt

70 1005 716 0472 Plunger

100 1005 716 1841 Sear

60 1005 716 1842 Catch

25 1005 716 1843 Slide

40 1005 716 1845 Stock

50 1005 716 2080 Safety

100 1005 716 2546 Cap

75 1005 731 2452 Stop

75 1005 731 2453 Spring

100 5305 726 5209 Screw

Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model

25 Barrel Assembly

30 Hammer Block

30 Locking Bolt

40 Bolt Assembly

40 Extractor Rod Collar

30 Yoke Complete

25 Cylinder Assembly

35 Hamter Assembly

45 Hand

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 80: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- 3 shy

20 Thumbpiece

30 Trigger lever

30 Extractor

50 Stirrup pin

60 Main spring

25 Thumbpiece nut

50 Barrel pin

100 Extractor positioning pin

40 Hammer nose

40 Hammer stirrup pin

50 Hand spring pin

50 Sear pin

40 Stock pin

40 Trigger lever pin

75 Cylinder stop plunger

25 Hand torsion spring

60 Extractor rod

100 Bolt plunger

70 Hammer nose rivet

50 Center pin

60 Cylinder stop plunger screw

65 Large head plate screw

100 Small head plate screw

65 small head plate screw flat

bO Stock screw

50 Strain Screw

100 Sear

60 Hammer nose bushing

50 Rebound slide

100 Center pin spring

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 81: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

111

100

60

100 50 50

icI 50

50

50 i

100

100

40

30I()

100 9

50

Colt Revo 4940 shy

40

30

30

30

30

46

-4050

68 20 50

50

30

z -4

~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf

Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht

Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10

Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring

Sear spring A it

Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu

bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472

Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41

Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to

Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side

Trigflr5assembly

lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive

SHanier

Hammer pin ltL~ ~

Hammer stirrup 1

Eammer stirrup pin

Safety

Safety lever

A cin4

vNaing-r in

ranr - ly

Firhen bushing

Crane lack detent Cranelock etea

0

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 82: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

40

40

30

40

40

40

40

50

50

40

50

60

50

50

50

100

50

50

50

50

30

100

25

40

50

-5-

Crane lock spring

Crane lock screw

Latch

Cylinder bushing pin

Latch spring

Latch spring guide

Latch pin

Trigger

Trigger pin

Rachet

Ejector rod

Ejector rod head

Ejector rod spring

Bolt

Bolt spring

Stock screw

Cylinder bushing

Bolt screw

Rebound lever

Rebound lever spr ing

Side plate -

Side plate screws

Cylinders

Barrel

Pair stocks

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 83: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

I~

The military factory at Sogamoso

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 84: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

I

Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 85: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

1

Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso

One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 86: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

The Military factory at Soacha

30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 87: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle

Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front

New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 88: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room

Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 89: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies

Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts

- - _j

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 90: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

Jr

This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built

and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul

Page 91: June 11, 1965 - United States Agency for International ...pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PNADX111.pdf · June . 11, 1965 . To: ... The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal

- _____P -

Np

DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales

DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul